1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "python/python.h"
82 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
96 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
102 static void clear_command (char *, int);
104 static void catch_command (char *, int);
106 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
108 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
110 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
112 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
114 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
115 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
116 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
118 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
120 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 struct symtab_and_line
,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
125 static struct breakpoint
*
126 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
130 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
132 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
136 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
137 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
138 struct obj_section
*, int);
140 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
142 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
145 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
146 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
148 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
149 struct address_space
*aspace
,
152 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
154 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
156 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
157 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
159 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
161 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
163 static void commands_command (char *, int);
165 static void condition_command (char *, int);
174 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
175 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
177 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
179 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
181 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
183 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
185 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
187 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
189 int *other_type_used
);
191 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
193 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
195 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
197 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
199 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
201 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
203 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
205 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
206 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
208 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
210 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
212 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
215 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
216 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
217 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
219 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
221 static void update_global_location_list (int);
223 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
225 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
227 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
229 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
231 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
233 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
235 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
237 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
239 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
241 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
243 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
244 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
245 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
246 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
248 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
250 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
252 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
253 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
254 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
255 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
257 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
258 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
260 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
261 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
263 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
265 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
267 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
268 breakpoints share a single command list. */
269 struct counted_command_line
271 /* The reference count. */
274 /* The command list. */
275 struct command_line
*commands
;
278 struct command_line
*
279 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
281 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
284 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
285 current breakpoint. */
287 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
290 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
292 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
293 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
295 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
297 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
300 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
301 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
302 if such is available. */
303 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
306 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
307 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
310 fprintf_filtered (file
,
311 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
312 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
316 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
317 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
318 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
319 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
320 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
322 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
323 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
326 fprintf_filtered (file
,
327 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
328 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
332 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
333 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
334 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
335 use hardware breakpoints. */
336 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
338 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
339 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
342 fprintf_filtered (file
,
343 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
347 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
348 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
349 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
350 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
351 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
353 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
354 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
355 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
356 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
357 always_inserted_auto
,
362 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
364 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
365 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
367 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
368 fprintf_filtered (file
,
369 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
370 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
372 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
374 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
379 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
381 return ((always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
382 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
))
386 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
388 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
389 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
391 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
392 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
394 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
395 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
397 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
399 current breakpoint. */
401 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
403 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
404 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
405 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
408 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
409 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
410 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
412 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
413 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
414 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
417 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
419 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
420 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
421 if (is_tracepoint (B))
423 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
425 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
427 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
429 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
431 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
433 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
435 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
436 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
437 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
438 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
439 an address you need to read. */
441 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
443 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
444 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
445 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
446 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
447 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
449 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
451 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
452 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
454 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
456 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
458 static int breakpoint_count
;
460 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
461 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
462 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
463 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
464 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
466 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
468 static int tracepoint_count
;
470 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
471 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
472 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
474 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
476 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
478 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
481 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
484 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
486 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
487 breakpoint_count
= num
;
488 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
491 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
492 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
493 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
495 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
499 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
501 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
504 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
508 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
510 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
513 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
516 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
518 struct breakpoint
*b
;
524 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
525 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
527 static struct counted_command_line
*
528 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
530 struct counted_command_line
*result
531 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
534 result
->commands
= commands
;
538 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
541 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
547 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
548 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
549 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
552 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
556 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
558 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
565 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
568 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
570 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
573 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
576 static struct cleanup
*
577 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
579 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
583 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
584 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
587 get_breakpoint (int num
)
589 struct breakpoint
*b
;
592 if (b
->number
== num
)
601 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
604 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
605 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
607 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
609 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
616 struct bp_location
*loc
;
618 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
628 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
634 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
635 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
636 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
637 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
639 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
641 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
643 innermost_block
= NULL
;
645 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
647 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
648 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
652 struct bp_location
*loc
;
654 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
658 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
660 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
664 breakpoints_changed ();
665 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
668 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
671 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
673 struct breakpoint
*b
;
678 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
681 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
683 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
686 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
688 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
689 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
690 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
691 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
693 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
694 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
695 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
696 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
700 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
703 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
704 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
705 Throw if any such commands is found. */
708 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
710 struct command_line
*c
;
712 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
716 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
717 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
718 "only be used for tracepoints"));
720 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
721 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
723 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
724 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
726 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
727 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
729 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
730 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
734 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
737 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
739 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
740 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
741 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
745 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
747 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
750 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
751 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
755 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
756 struct command_line
*commands
)
758 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
760 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
761 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
762 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
763 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
764 struct command_line
*c
;
765 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
766 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
768 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
770 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
771 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
772 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
773 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
774 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
775 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
778 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
779 "can be used only once"));
786 struct command_line
*c2
;
788 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
789 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
790 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
792 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
793 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
799 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
803 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
804 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
807 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
809 struct breakpoint
*b
;
810 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
811 struct bp_location
*loc
;
814 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
816 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
817 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
818 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
824 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
825 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
828 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
829 struct command_line
*commands
)
831 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
833 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
834 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
835 breakpoints_changed ();
836 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
839 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
840 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
844 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
846 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
849 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
853 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
854 breakpoint work for any thread. */
857 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
859 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
862 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
863 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
866 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
867 breakpoint work for any task. */
870 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
872 int old_task
= b
->task
;
875 if (old_task
!= task
)
876 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
880 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
882 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
884 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
887 /* A structure used to pass information through
888 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
892 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
895 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
898 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
899 already-parsed command. */
900 struct command_line
*control
;
902 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
904 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
907 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
911 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
913 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
915 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
917 struct command_line
*l
;
919 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
920 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
923 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
926 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
927 "%s, one per line."),
930 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
932 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
935 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
938 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
941 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
944 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
946 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
948 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
949 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
950 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
951 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
952 breakpoints_changed ();
953 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
958 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
959 struct command_line
*control
)
961 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
962 struct commands_info info
;
964 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
965 info
.control
= control
;
967 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
968 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
969 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
971 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
973 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
974 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
976 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
977 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
980 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
981 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
982 numbers will fail in this case. */
987 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
992 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
996 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
998 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
999 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1001 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1005 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1007 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1010 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1011 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1013 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1014 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1015 enum command_control_type
1016 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1018 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1019 return simple_control
;
1022 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1025 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1027 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1031 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1032 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1037 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1038 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1040 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1041 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1042 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1043 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1044 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1045 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1046 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1047 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1049 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1052 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1054 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1056 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1058 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1059 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1060 report higher one. */
1063 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1064 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1066 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1068 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1069 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1071 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1072 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1073 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1074 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1076 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1077 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1078 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1080 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1082 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1089 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1090 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1091 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1092 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1093 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1096 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1098 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1099 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1100 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1103 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1106 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1108 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1110 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1111 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1115 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1116 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1117 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1120 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1123 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1124 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1125 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1128 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1130 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1131 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1134 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1136 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1137 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1139 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1140 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1144 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1145 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1149 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1150 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1152 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1153 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1154 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1158 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1160 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1161 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1164 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1165 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1170 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1173 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1175 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1176 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1177 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1180 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1184 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1186 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1187 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1190 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1191 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1192 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1193 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1194 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1195 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1196 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1197 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1200 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1202 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1203 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1204 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1207 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1208 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1211 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1213 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1215 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1217 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1218 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1219 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1220 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1221 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1223 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1226 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1227 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1228 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1229 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1231 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1233 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1234 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1237 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1238 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1239 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1240 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1241 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1242 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1243 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1244 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1246 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1247 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1248 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1249 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1250 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1251 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1252 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1253 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1256 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1257 hardware watchpoints:
1259 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1260 called several times when GDB stops.
1263 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1264 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1265 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1266 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1267 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1268 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1269 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1270 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1271 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1272 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1273 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1275 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1276 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1279 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1281 int within_current_scope
;
1282 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1285 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1286 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1287 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1288 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1291 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1296 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1297 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1298 within_current_scope
= 1;
1301 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1302 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1303 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1305 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1306 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1307 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1308 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1311 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1312 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1313 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1314 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1317 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1319 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1320 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1321 if (within_current_scope
)
1325 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1326 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1327 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1330 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1339 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1340 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1341 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1342 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1343 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1344 be completely different objects. */
1345 value_free (b
->val
);
1349 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1350 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1351 locations (re)created below. */
1352 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1354 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1356 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1360 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1361 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1365 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1366 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1367 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1368 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1369 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1370 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1372 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1373 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1374 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1376 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1379 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1380 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1382 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1384 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1385 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1386 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1387 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1388 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1390 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1396 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1398 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1399 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1401 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1402 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1403 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1404 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1405 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1406 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1407 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1409 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1411 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1412 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1413 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1415 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1416 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1420 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1422 addr
= value_address (v
);
1423 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1425 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1427 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1430 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1431 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1434 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1436 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1437 loc
->address
= addr
;
1439 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1444 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1445 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1446 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1451 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1452 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1454 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1458 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1461 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1462 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1463 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1465 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1466 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1467 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1468 this watchpoint in as well. */
1470 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1471 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1472 hardware watchpoint type. */
1473 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1474 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1475 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1477 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1478 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1479 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1480 through watch_command), so always account for it
1483 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1484 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1486 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1487 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1490 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1491 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1493 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1495 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1496 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1497 "hardware watchpoint."));
1498 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1499 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1500 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1502 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1503 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1507 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1508 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1509 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1511 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1514 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1515 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1516 "read/access watchpoint."));
1518 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1520 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1521 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1522 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1523 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1526 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1528 next
= value_next (v
);
1533 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1534 above left it without any location set up. But,
1535 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1536 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1537 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1539 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1540 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1541 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1542 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1543 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1544 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1547 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1549 printf_filtered (_("\
1550 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1551 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1553 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1556 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1558 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1562 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1563 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1564 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1565 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1566 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1568 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1570 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1573 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1576 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1579 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
1582 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1583 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1584 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1585 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1586 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1587 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1588 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1589 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1590 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1596 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1597 that the location is not duplicated. */
1600 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1603 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
1606 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
1607 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
1611 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1612 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1613 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1614 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1617 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1618 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1620 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1621 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1622 int *disabled_breaks
,
1623 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1627 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1630 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1631 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1632 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1633 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1634 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1636 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1637 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1639 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1641 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1642 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1643 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1645 Two important cases are:
1646 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1647 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1648 hardware breakpoint.
1649 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1650 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1651 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1654 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1655 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1656 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1657 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1659 struct mem_region
*mr
1660 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1664 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1666 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1668 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1669 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1671 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1673 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1675 static int said
= 0;
1677 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1680 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1681 _("Note: automatically using "
1682 "hardware breakpoints for "
1683 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1688 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1689 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1690 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1691 "at readonly address %s"),
1692 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1696 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1697 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1698 || bl
->section
== NULL
1699 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1701 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1703 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1707 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1708 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1709 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1711 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1712 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1713 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1714 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1715 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1719 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1721 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1722 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1723 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1724 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1725 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1727 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1728 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1729 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1733 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1734 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1736 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1737 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1741 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1742 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1749 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1750 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1752 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1754 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1755 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1756 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1758 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1759 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1761 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1762 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1763 "library breakpoints:\n");
1765 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1766 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1767 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1771 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1773 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1774 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1775 "Cannot insert hardware "
1781 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1782 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1784 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1785 "Error accessing memory address ");
1786 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1788 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1789 safe_strerror (val
));
1800 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1801 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1802 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1803 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1805 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1806 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1808 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1810 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1811 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1812 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1814 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1816 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1817 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1819 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1821 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1822 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1826 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1827 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1834 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1835 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1838 /* Back to the original value. */
1839 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1843 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1846 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1848 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1849 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1851 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1854 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1858 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1859 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1861 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1864 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1866 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1867 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1868 so just return success. */
1875 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1876 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1880 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1882 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1883 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1885 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1886 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1888 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1889 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1892 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1893 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1896 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1898 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1900 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1901 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1902 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1904 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1905 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1907 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1913 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1914 removed locations above. */
1915 update_global_location_list (0);
1918 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1919 Throws exception on any error.
1920 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1921 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1923 insert_breakpoints (void)
1925 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1928 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1930 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
1932 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1935 update_global_location_list (1);
1937 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1938 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1940 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1941 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1944 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1947 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1949 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1950 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1953 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1954 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1956 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1957 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1959 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1960 there was an error. */
1961 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1963 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1965 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1967 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1970 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1971 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1972 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1973 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1974 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
1977 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
1979 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1980 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1981 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1982 insert breakpoints. */
1983 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1984 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1987 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
1988 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1993 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1994 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1997 int some_failed
= 0;
1998 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2000 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2003 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2006 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2009 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2010 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2017 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2019 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2021 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2023 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2031 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2032 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2033 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
2035 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2036 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2037 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2039 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2040 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2043 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2046 /* Used when the program stops.
2047 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2048 removing a breakpoint location. */
2051 remove_breakpoints (void)
2053 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2056 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2058 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2059 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2064 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2067 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2069 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2071 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2075 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2080 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2089 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2091 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2092 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2094 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2095 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2096 struct inferior
*inf
;
2097 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2099 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2103 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2104 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2106 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2108 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2109 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2111 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2113 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2119 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2122 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2127 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2131 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2133 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2134 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2135 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2136 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2137 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2138 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2140 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2143 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2146 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2147 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2151 static struct breakpoint
*
2152 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2153 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
2154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
2156 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2157 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2159 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2162 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2163 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2165 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
2166 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2167 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2172 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2174 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2176 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2178 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2179 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2181 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2182 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2184 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2185 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2187 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2188 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2190 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2191 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2194 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2196 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2197 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2199 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2202 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2204 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2207 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2208 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2210 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2211 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2213 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2215 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2216 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2218 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2219 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2221 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2222 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2224 return bp_objfile_data
;
2228 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2230 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2231 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2233 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2236 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2239 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2241 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2244 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2246 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2248 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2251 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2252 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2255 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2258 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2259 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2261 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2262 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2264 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2266 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2267 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2271 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2272 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2275 update_global_location_list (1);
2279 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2281 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2282 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2284 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2286 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2288 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2290 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2292 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2295 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2296 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2298 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2299 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2302 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2304 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2306 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2307 const char *func_name
;
2310 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2313 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2314 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2316 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2318 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2321 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2322 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2325 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2328 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2329 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
2330 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2331 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2332 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2336 update_global_location_list (1);
2338 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2341 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2343 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2345 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2346 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2347 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2349 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2351 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2353 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2356 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2358 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2361 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2363 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2365 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2368 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2370 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2372 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2373 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2374 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2376 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2377 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2380 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2383 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2384 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2385 bp_std_terminate_master
,
2386 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2387 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2388 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2392 update_global_location_list (1);
2394 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2397 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2400 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2402 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2403 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2405 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2407 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2408 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2409 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2412 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2414 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2417 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2419 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2421 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2423 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2424 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2426 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2430 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2433 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2434 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2436 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
2437 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2438 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2439 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2442 update_global_location_list (1);
2446 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2448 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2449 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2451 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2452 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2453 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2454 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2455 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2456 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2457 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2458 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2459 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2460 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2461 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2463 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2465 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2468 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2469 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2471 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2475 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2476 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2478 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2482 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2483 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2484 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2485 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2486 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2488 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2492 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2493 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
2495 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2499 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2501 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2502 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2504 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2508 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2510 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2511 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2512 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2513 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2517 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2518 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2519 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2520 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2521 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2522 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2524 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2525 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2526 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2527 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2528 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2529 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2530 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2532 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2533 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2534 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2535 let finish_command delete it.
2537 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2538 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2539 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2540 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2541 solib breakpoints.) */
2543 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2548 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2549 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2551 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2553 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2557 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2558 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2559 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2560 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2561 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2565 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2567 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2569 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2570 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2572 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2573 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2575 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2576 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2577 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2579 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2583 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2586 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2587 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2589 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2593 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2594 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2595 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2596 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2597 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2600 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2604 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2605 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2607 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2608 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2611 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2612 This should not ever happen. */
2613 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2615 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2616 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2618 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2619 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2620 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2623 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2624 || bl
->section
== NULL
2625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2627 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2628 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2632 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2633 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2634 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2636 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2637 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2639 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2640 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2641 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2642 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2643 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2645 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2646 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2648 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2649 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2652 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2653 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2654 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2655 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2657 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2658 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2659 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2660 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2661 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2662 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2668 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2673 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2674 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2675 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2676 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2681 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2683 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2685 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2686 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2688 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2689 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2691 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2692 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2693 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2696 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2697 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2700 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2701 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2703 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2707 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2714 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2717 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2719 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2720 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2722 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2723 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2726 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2727 This should not ever happen. */
2728 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2730 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2732 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2734 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2736 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2740 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2743 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2745 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2748 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2752 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2753 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2755 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2758 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2759 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2760 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2765 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2767 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2768 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2770 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2772 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2774 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2777 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2779 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2780 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2781 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2787 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2794 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2795 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2798 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2800 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2802 case bp_shlib_event
:
2804 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2805 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2806 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2807 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2808 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2810 (gdb) file prog-linux
2811 (gdb) run # native linux target
2814 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2815 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2818 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2822 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2823 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2824 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2826 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
2828 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2829 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2830 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2831 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2833 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2834 insert_breakpoints. */
2836 value_free (w
->val
);
2847 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2848 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2849 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2850 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2853 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2854 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2855 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2856 match, not program space. */
2858 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2859 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2860 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2861 permanent breakpoint.
2862 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2863 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2864 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2865 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2866 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2868 enum breakpoint_here
2869 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2871 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2872 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2874 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2876 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2877 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2880 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2881 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2882 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2883 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2885 if (overlay_debugging
2886 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2887 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2888 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2889 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2890 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2892 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2896 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2899 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2902 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2904 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2907 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2908 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2914 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2915 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2916 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2917 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2920 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2923 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2927 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2928 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2932 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2934 if (overlay_debugging
2935 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2936 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2937 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2945 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2946 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2949 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2951 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2960 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2964 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2967 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2969 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2971 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2975 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2978 if (overlay_debugging
2979 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2980 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2981 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2987 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2988 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2995 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2996 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2998 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3002 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3004 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3005 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3008 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3011 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3012 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3016 /* Check for intersection. */
3017 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3018 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3026 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3027 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3030 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3033 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3034 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3038 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3040 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3041 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3044 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3045 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3046 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3049 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3052 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
3054 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3055 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3056 it is now time to do so. */
3058 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3059 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
3063 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
3065 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3066 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3067 it is now time to do so. */
3069 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3070 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3074 if (overlay_debugging
3075 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3076 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3077 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3086 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3090 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3092 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3095 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3099 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3101 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3102 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3103 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3104 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3108 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3109 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3112 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3129 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3130 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3133 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3137 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3142 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3144 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3145 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3146 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3147 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3148 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3150 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3151 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3155 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3165 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3168 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3173 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3175 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3181 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3182 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3183 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3184 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3186 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3187 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3189 Return 1 otherwise. */
3192 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3197 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3199 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3200 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3201 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3202 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3203 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3205 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3207 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3211 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3214 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3216 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3219 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3222 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
3226 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3228 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3230 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3232 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3238 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3241 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3243 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3245 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3247 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3248 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3249 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3250 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3251 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3255 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3258 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3261 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3263 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3266 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3267 or its equivalent. */
3270 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
3272 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
3273 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
3276 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3277 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3278 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3279 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3281 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3282 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3283 bpstat of the current thread. */
3286 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3289 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3292 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3294 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3297 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3298 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3300 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3302 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3305 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3306 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3308 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3309 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3310 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3312 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3314 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3315 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3316 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3317 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3318 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3319 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3320 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3321 the tree when we're done. */
3322 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3323 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3324 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3325 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
3326 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
3328 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3334 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3336 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3342 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3343 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3345 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3347 if (target_can_async_p ())
3348 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3349 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3350 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3353 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3354 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3355 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3356 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3357 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3358 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3359 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3360 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3361 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3362 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3363 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3364 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3365 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3370 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3375 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3377 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3379 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3380 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3381 && target_has_execution
3382 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3383 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3384 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3385 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3386 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3387 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3388 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3391 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
3394 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3397 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3400 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3403 struct value_print_options opts
;
3404 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3405 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3409 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3410 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3411 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3412 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3415 static enum print_stop_action
3416 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3418 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3421 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3422 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3426 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3427 relevant messages. */
3428 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3431 case print_it_normal
:
3433 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3435 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3436 which has since been deleted. */
3438 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3440 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3441 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
3446 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3447 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3452 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3453 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3454 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3455 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3456 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3457 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3458 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3461 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3462 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3463 code to print the location. An example is
3464 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3466 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3467 to also print the location part of the message.
3468 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3469 don't require a location appended to the end.
3470 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3471 further info to be printed. */
3473 enum print_stop_action
3474 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
3478 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3479 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3480 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3481 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3482 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3484 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3485 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3486 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3487 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3491 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3492 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3493 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3494 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
3496 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3497 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
3498 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
3499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
3500 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
3503 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3504 with and nothing was printed. */
3505 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3508 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3509 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3510 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3511 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3514 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3516 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3517 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3519 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3523 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3526 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3530 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3532 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3533 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3534 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3535 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3536 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3537 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3538 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3540 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3544 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3545 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3548 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3550 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3552 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3554 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3556 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3557 as not triggered. */
3559 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3561 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3563 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3569 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3571 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3572 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3574 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3576 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3578 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3581 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3584 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3585 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3589 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3591 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3592 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3594 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3595 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3597 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3599 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
3600 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
3602 if (newaddr
== start
)
3604 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3608 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3609 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3613 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3622 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3623 because of check_errors). */
3624 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3625 #define WP_DELETED 1
3626 /* The value has changed. */
3627 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3628 /* The value has not changed. */
3629 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3630 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3633 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3634 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3636 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3639 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3640 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3643 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3645 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3646 struct watchpoint
*b
;
3647 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3648 int within_current_scope
;
3650 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3651 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3652 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3654 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3655 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3656 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3657 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3660 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3661 within_current_scope
= 1;
3664 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3665 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3666 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3668 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3669 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3670 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3671 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3672 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3673 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3674 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3675 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3676 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3677 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3680 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3681 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3683 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3684 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3685 if (within_current_scope
)
3687 struct symbol
*function
;
3689 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3690 if (function
== NULL
3691 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3692 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3693 within_current_scope
= 0;
3696 if (within_current_scope
)
3697 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3698 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3703 if (within_current_scope
)
3705 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3706 time before we return to the command level and call
3707 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3708 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3712 struct value
*new_val
;
3714 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
3715 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3716 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3717 a mask watchpoint. */
3718 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3720 mark
= value_mark ();
3721 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3723 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3724 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3725 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3726 not what we want. */
3727 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3728 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3730 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3732 release_value (new_val
);
3733 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3735 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3738 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3742 /* Nothing changed. */
3743 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3744 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3749 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
3751 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3752 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3753 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3754 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3755 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3756 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3757 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3758 the first value assigned). */
3759 /* We print all the stop information in
3760 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3761 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3762 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3764 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3766 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3767 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3768 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
3770 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3771 which its expression is valid.\n");
3773 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3774 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
3775 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3781 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3782 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3783 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3786 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3787 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3789 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3791 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3792 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3794 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
3797 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3798 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3801 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3803 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3804 struct watchpoint
*b
;
3806 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3807 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3808 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3809 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3810 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3813 int must_check_value
= 0;
3815 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3816 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3818 must_check_value
= 1;
3819 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3820 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3821 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3823 must_check_value
= 1;
3824 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3825 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3826 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3827 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3828 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3829 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3830 must_check_value
= 1;
3832 if (must_check_value
)
3835 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3837 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3838 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3840 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3844 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3845 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3849 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3852 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3853 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3855 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3857 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3858 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3859 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3860 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3861 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3862 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3863 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3866 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3867 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3870 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3871 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3872 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3873 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3875 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3876 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3877 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3880 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3881 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3882 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3883 changes. This still gives false positives when
3884 the program writes the same value to memory as
3885 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3886 it for a read), but it's much better than
3889 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
3891 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
3893 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
3895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
3896 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3897 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3899 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
3900 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
3902 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
3903 == watch_triggered_yes
)
3905 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
3911 if (other_write_watchpoint
3912 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
3914 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3915 and the value changed since the last time we
3916 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3918 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3923 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3924 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3925 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3927 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3928 the value hasn't changed. */
3929 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3937 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3938 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
3939 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3940 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3941 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3945 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3947 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3948 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3949 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3950 anything for this watchpoint. */
3951 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3958 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3959 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3960 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3963 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3965 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3966 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3967 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3969 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3970 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3971 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3972 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3973 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3975 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3976 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3980 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3981 struct expression
*cond
;
3983 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
3984 method implemented. */
3985 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
3986 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
3988 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3990 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3997 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3999 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4000 struct watchpoint
* w
;
4002 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4003 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4004 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4005 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4007 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4009 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4010 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4014 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4015 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4016 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4017 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4018 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4020 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4021 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4024 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4026 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4027 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4028 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4029 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4030 really matter which instantiation of the function
4031 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4032 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4033 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4034 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4035 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4036 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4037 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4038 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4040 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4042 select_frame (frame
);
4044 within_current_scope
= 0;
4046 if (within_current_scope
)
4048 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4049 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4053 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4054 "in the current scope"));
4055 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4056 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4059 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4060 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4063 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4067 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4071 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4074 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4076 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4078 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4084 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4085 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4087 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4088 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4091 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4093 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4095 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4096 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4097 several reasons concurrently.)
4099 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4100 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4103 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4104 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4106 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4107 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4108 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4109 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4110 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4111 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4114 int need_remove_insert
;
4117 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4118 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4119 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4120 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4121 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4122 inferior function calls. */
4126 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4129 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4131 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4132 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4133 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4134 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4135 checked all locations already. */
4136 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4139 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4142 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4145 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4148 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4151 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4152 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4153 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4157 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4158 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4159 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4161 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4163 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
4165 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4170 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4172 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4174 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4175 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4178 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4182 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4183 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4184 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4188 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4193 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4194 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
4197 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4202 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4204 /* We will stop here. */
4205 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4207 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4208 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4213 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4214 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4215 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
4216 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
4220 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print. */
4221 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4222 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4226 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4227 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4228 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4230 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4231 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4232 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4234 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4235 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4237 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4239 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4240 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4243 if (need_remove_insert
)
4244 update_global_location_list (1);
4245 else if (removed_any
)
4246 update_global_location_list (0);
4252 handle_jit_event (void)
4254 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4255 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4257 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4258 breakpoint_re_set. */
4259 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4261 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4262 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4264 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4266 target_terminal_inferior ();
4269 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4271 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4274 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4276 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4277 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4278 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4279 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4280 int shlib_event
= 0;
4284 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4285 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4286 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4288 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4290 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4291 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4292 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4295 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4297 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4298 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4302 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4309 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4315 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4317 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4320 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4323 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4324 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4325 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4329 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4331 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4335 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4336 This requires no further action. */
4341 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4342 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4344 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4345 case bp_exception_resume
:
4346 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4347 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4349 case bp_step_resume
:
4351 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4354 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4355 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4358 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4360 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
4363 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4364 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4367 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4368 case bp_thread_event
:
4369 case bp_overlay_event
:
4370 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4371 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4372 case bp_exception_master
:
4373 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4379 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4381 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4385 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4386 This requires no further action. */
4389 case bp_shlib_event
:
4392 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4393 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4394 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4395 loaded objects (among other things). */
4396 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4397 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4399 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4403 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4406 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4407 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4408 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4409 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4411 case bp_std_terminate
:
4412 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4413 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4414 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4415 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4418 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4419 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4420 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4421 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4423 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4424 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4426 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4427 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4428 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4430 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4431 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4432 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4433 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4436 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4437 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4440 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4443 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4444 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4449 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4451 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4452 to be adding them automatically. */
4454 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4455 breakpoint_re_set. */
4456 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4459 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4461 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4464 target_terminal_inferior ();
4470 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4472 handle_jit_event ();
4475 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4477 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4483 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4484 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4486 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4487 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4495 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4496 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4497 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4500 bpstat_should_step (void)
4502 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4505 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4511 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4513 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4522 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4523 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4524 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4527 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4529 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4530 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4534 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4536 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4538 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4539 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4540 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4545 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4551 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4554 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4555 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4557 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4558 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4560 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4564 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4566 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4567 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4568 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
4571 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4574 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4575 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4576 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4577 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4578 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4579 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4581 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
4582 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4584 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4586 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4587 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4590 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4593 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
4597 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4598 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4600 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4602 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4604 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4607 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4609 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4613 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4615 struct ep_type_description
4620 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4622 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4623 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4624 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4625 {bp_until
, "until"},
4626 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4627 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4628 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4629 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4630 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4631 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4632 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4633 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4634 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4635 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4636 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
4637 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4638 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4639 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4640 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4641 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4642 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4643 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4644 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4645 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4646 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4647 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4648 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4649 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4650 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4651 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4652 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4655 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4656 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4657 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4658 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4661 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4664 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4667 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4668 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4670 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4673 struct command_line
*l
;
4674 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4676 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4677 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4678 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4679 struct value_print_options opts
;
4681 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4683 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4684 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4685 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4688 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4689 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4697 if (part_of_multiple
)
4700 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4701 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4706 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4711 if (part_of_multiple
)
4712 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4718 if (part_of_multiple
)
4719 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4721 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4726 if (part_of_multiple
)
4727 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4729 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4730 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4731 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4735 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4737 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4738 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4739 make sure there's just one location. */
4740 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4741 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4747 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4748 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4752 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4753 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4754 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4756 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4758 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4759 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4760 is relatively readable). */
4761 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4762 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4764 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
4769 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4773 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4775 case bp_exception_resume
:
4776 case bp_step_resume
:
4777 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4778 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4780 case bp_std_terminate
:
4781 case bp_shlib_event
:
4782 case bp_thread_event
:
4783 case bp_overlay_event
:
4784 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4785 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4786 case bp_exception_master
:
4788 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4789 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4791 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4792 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4793 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4796 if (header_of_multiple
)
4797 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4798 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4799 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4801 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4802 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4805 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4806 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4813 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4816 && !header_of_multiple
4818 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4819 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4820 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4821 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4822 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4823 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4825 struct inferior
*inf
;
4828 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4830 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4835 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4838 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4839 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4844 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4846 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4848 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4849 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4850 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4851 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4853 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4855 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4856 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4860 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4862 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4863 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4865 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4868 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4869 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4871 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4872 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4873 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4876 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
4879 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4880 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4882 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4883 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4884 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4887 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4889 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4890 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4891 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4895 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4897 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4898 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4899 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4900 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4901 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
4903 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4904 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4905 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4906 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4907 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4909 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4912 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4913 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4914 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4915 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4916 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4918 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4921 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4922 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4923 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4926 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
4928 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
4930 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
4932 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4933 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
4934 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
4938 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4939 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4941 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4944 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4945 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4946 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4949 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4951 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
4953 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
4955 annotate_field (10);
4956 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4957 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
4958 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4962 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4964 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4966 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4968 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
4970 else if (b
->addr_string
)
4971 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4976 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4977 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4980 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4981 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4983 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4985 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
4986 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4988 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4989 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4990 locations, if any. */
4991 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4993 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
4994 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
4995 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4998 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
4999 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5001 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5002 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5004 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5007 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5009 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5010 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5011 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5012 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5019 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5021 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5022 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5024 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5028 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5029 an address to print. */
5030 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5033 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5034 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5035 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5038 return print_address_bits
;
5041 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5047 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5049 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5050 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5051 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5055 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5057 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5065 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5066 char **error_message
)
5068 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5071 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5073 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5074 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5080 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5081 internal or momentary. */
5084 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5086 return b
->number
> 0;
5089 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5090 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5091 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5092 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5093 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5094 breakpoints listed. */
5097 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5098 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5100 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5101 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5102 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5103 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5104 struct value_print_options opts
;
5105 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5106 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5107 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5109 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5111 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5112 required for address fields. */
5113 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5116 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5117 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5120 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5121 accept. Skip the others. */
5122 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5124 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5126 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5130 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5132 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5134 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5135 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5136 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5138 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5139 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5140 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5142 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5146 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5148 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5149 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5153 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5154 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5157 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5158 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5159 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5161 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5162 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5164 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5165 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5166 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5168 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5169 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5171 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5172 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5174 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5176 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5177 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5178 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5180 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5181 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5183 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5185 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5186 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5187 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5188 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5193 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5194 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5197 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5198 accept. Skip the others. */
5200 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5202 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5204 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5207 else /* all others */
5209 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5213 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5215 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5216 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5219 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5221 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5223 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5227 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5228 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5230 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5231 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5237 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5238 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5241 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5242 there have been breakpoints? */
5243 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5245 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5248 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5249 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5252 default_collect_info (void)
5254 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5256 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5257 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5259 if (!*default_collect
)
5262 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5264 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5265 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5266 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5270 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5272 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5274 default_collect_info ();
5278 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5280 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5281 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5283 if (num_printed
== 0)
5285 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5286 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5288 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5293 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5295 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5297 default_collect_info ();
5301 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5302 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5303 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5305 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5307 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5309 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5310 && bl
->address
== pc
5311 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5317 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5318 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5322 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5323 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5324 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5327 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5330 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
5331 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
5335 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5336 else /* if (others == ???) */
5337 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5339 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5342 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5343 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5344 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5345 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5346 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5347 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5348 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5349 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
5351 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5355 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5357 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5358 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5359 printf_filtered (".\n");
5364 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5365 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5366 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5367 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5369 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5370 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5371 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5372 breakpoint at address zero:
5380 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5382 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5384 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5387 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5388 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5391 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5392 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5394 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
5395 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
5397 /* Both of them must exist. */
5398 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
5399 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
5401 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5402 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5403 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5404 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5405 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5406 other watchpoint. */
5408 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5410 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5413 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5415 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5419 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5420 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5421 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5422 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5423 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5424 become hw_access locations later. */
5425 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5426 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5427 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5428 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5431 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5432 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5433 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5434 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5437 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5438 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5440 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5441 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5445 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5446 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5447 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5448 space doesn't really matter. */
5451 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5452 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5455 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5456 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5457 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5460 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5461 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5462 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5463 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5466 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5467 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5470 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5473 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5474 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5478 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5479 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5480 true, otherwise returns false. */
5483 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5484 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5486 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
5487 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5488 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5489 different locations. */
5490 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
5495 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5496 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5497 represent the same location. */
5500 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5501 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5503 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5505 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5506 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5507 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5509 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5510 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5512 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5515 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5516 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
5517 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5519 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5520 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5521 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5522 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5526 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5527 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5529 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5530 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5534 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5535 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5537 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5538 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5540 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5543 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5544 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5545 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5546 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5549 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5550 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5552 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5554 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5557 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5558 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5559 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5560 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5561 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5563 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5564 have their addresses modified. */
5569 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5571 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5572 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5573 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5575 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5576 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5578 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5579 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5581 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5586 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
5587 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
5589 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5591 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
5596 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5599 switch (owner
->type
)
5605 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5607 case bp_exception_resume
:
5608 case bp_step_resume
:
5609 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5610 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5612 case bp_std_terminate
:
5613 case bp_shlib_event
:
5614 case bp_thread_event
:
5615 case bp_overlay_event
:
5617 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5618 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5619 case bp_exception_master
:
5620 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5621 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5622 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5624 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5625 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5627 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5628 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5629 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5630 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5635 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5636 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5637 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5640 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5646 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5648 static struct bp_location
*
5649 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5651 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
5655 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5657 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
5661 /* Increment reference count. */
5664 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5669 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5670 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5673 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5675 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5677 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5678 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5682 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5685 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5687 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
5689 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5690 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5692 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5694 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5703 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5706 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5707 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5709 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5711 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5713 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
5717 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5718 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5719 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5721 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5724 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5726 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5727 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5728 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5729 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5732 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5733 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5735 static struct breakpoint
*
5736 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5738 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5740 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5742 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
5743 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5747 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5748 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5752 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5754 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5756 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5757 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5758 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5762 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5763 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5765 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5767 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5769 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5770 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5771 &loc
->requested_address
))
5773 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5774 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5775 loc
->requested_address
,
5778 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5779 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5781 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5782 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5783 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5787 if (loc
->function_name
)
5788 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5792 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5794 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5797 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5799 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5804 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5805 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5806 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5808 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5809 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5810 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5813 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5814 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
5815 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5817 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
5819 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
5821 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5822 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5824 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5825 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5827 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5828 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5830 breakpoints_changed ();
5833 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5834 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5835 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5836 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5837 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5838 is also returned as the value of this function.
5840 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5841 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5842 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5843 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5844 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5845 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5846 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5849 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5850 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
5851 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5853 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5855 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
5856 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5861 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5862 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5864 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5866 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5868 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5870 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5871 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5872 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5873 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5874 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5875 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5879 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5880 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5881 initiated the operation. */
5884 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
5886 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5887 int thread
= tp
->num
;
5889 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5890 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5891 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5892 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5893 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5894 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5895 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
5896 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
5898 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
5899 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
5901 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
5902 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
5903 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5906 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
5909 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5911 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5913 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5915 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5916 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
5918 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5919 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5924 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5926 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5929 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5931 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5932 update_global_location_list (1);
5933 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5938 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5940 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5943 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5945 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5946 update_global_location_list (0);
5947 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5951 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5952 master breakpoint. */
5954 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5956 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5959 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5960 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
5962 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
5963 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
5967 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5969 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5971 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5973 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5974 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
5975 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5979 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5981 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5983 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
5984 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
5986 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5987 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5989 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5991 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5997 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5999 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6001 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6002 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6003 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6004 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6007 struct lang_and_radix
6013 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6016 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6018 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6020 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
6021 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6022 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6026 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6029 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6031 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6033 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6034 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6035 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6036 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6040 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6042 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6044 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6045 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6046 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6047 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6051 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6053 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6055 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
6056 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6057 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6061 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6062 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6065 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6067 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6069 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6071 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6072 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6074 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6075 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6076 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6077 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6078 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6079 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6080 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6081 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6082 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6083 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6084 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6086 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6088 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6092 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6097 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6098 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6102 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6104 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6105 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6107 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6108 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6109 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6110 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6111 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6112 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6115 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6117 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6118 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6120 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6121 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6122 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6123 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6124 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6125 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6126 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
6127 || is_tracepoint (b
))
6128 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6130 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6131 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6132 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6133 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6136 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6137 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6139 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6141 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6142 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6143 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6146 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6151 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6153 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6154 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6155 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6156 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6157 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6159 struct fork_catchpoint
6161 /* The base class. */
6162 struct breakpoint base
;
6164 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6165 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6166 catchpoint has triggered. */
6167 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
6170 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6174 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6176 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6179 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6183 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6185 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6188 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6192 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6193 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6195 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6197 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &c
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6200 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6203 static enum print_stop_action
6204 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
6206 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6207 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6208 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6210 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6211 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6212 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6214 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6215 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6217 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6218 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
6219 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6221 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6222 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
6223 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6224 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6225 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6228 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6232 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6234 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6235 struct value_print_options opts
;
6236 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6238 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6240 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6241 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6243 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6244 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6246 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6247 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6249 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6250 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6251 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6252 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6256 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6260 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6262 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6265 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6269 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6271 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6272 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6275 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6277 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
6279 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6283 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6285 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6288 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6292 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6294 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6297 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6301 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6302 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6304 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6306 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &c
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6309 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6312 static enum print_stop_action
6313 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
6315 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6316 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6317 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6319 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6320 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6321 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6323 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6324 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6326 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6327 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
6328 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6330 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6331 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
6332 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6333 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6334 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6337 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6341 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6343 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6344 struct value_print_options opts
;
6345 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6347 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6348 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6349 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6351 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6352 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6354 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6355 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6357 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6358 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6359 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6360 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6364 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6368 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6370 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6373 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6377 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6380 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6383 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6385 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
6387 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6388 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6389 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6390 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6391 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6393 struct syscall_catchpoint
6395 /* The base class. */
6396 struct breakpoint base
;
6398 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6399 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6400 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6401 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6402 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
6405 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6409 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6411 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6413 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
6415 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
6418 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6422 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6424 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6425 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6427 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6428 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6429 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6435 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6440 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6442 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6443 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6444 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6446 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6447 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6449 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6450 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6452 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6453 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6457 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6458 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6459 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6460 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6461 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6464 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6468 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6470 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6471 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6473 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6474 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6475 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6481 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6485 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6486 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6488 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6489 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6493 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6494 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6495 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6496 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6498 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6501 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6505 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6506 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6508 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6509 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6510 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6511 int syscall_number
= 0;
6512 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
6513 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6515 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6518 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6519 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6524 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6526 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6536 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6539 static enum print_stop_action
6540 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
6542 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6543 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6544 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6545 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6546 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6547 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6549 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6553 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6555 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6557 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6559 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6560 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6563 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6565 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6566 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6567 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6568 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
6569 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6571 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6573 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6574 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
6576 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
6578 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6579 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6581 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
6583 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6585 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6588 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6592 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6593 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6595 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6596 struct value_print_options opts
;
6597 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6599 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6600 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6601 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6603 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6604 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6607 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6608 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6609 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6611 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6613 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6616 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6619 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6624 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6627 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6629 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6631 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6632 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6636 /* Remove the last comma. */
6637 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6638 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6641 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6642 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6645 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6649 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6651 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6653 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6657 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6658 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6660 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6663 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6667 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6670 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6672 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6674 printf_filtered (")");
6677 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6681 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6685 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6687 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6689 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6691 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6696 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6701 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6705 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6708 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6711 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6713 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
6715 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6718 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6720 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6723 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6724 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6725 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6726 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6729 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6730 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6732 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6734 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6737 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6739 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
6741 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6742 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6746 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
6748 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6749 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
6752 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6755 update_global_location_list (1);
6759 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6760 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6761 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6763 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
6765 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6767 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6769 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
6772 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6774 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6775 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6776 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6777 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6778 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6780 struct exec_catchpoint
6782 /* The base class. */
6783 struct breakpoint base
;
6785 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6786 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6788 char *exec_pathname
;
6791 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6795 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6797 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6799 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
6801 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
6805 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6807 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6811 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6813 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6817 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6818 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6820 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6822 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &c
->exec_pathname
);
6825 static enum print_stop_action
6826 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
6828 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6829 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6830 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6832 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6833 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6834 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6836 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6837 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6839 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6840 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
6841 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6843 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6844 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
6845 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
6846 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6848 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6852 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6854 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6855 struct value_print_options opts
;
6856 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6858 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6860 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6861 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6862 is relatively readable). */
6863 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6864 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6866 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6867 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6869 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6870 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
6871 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6876 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6878 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6881 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6885 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6888 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6891 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
6894 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6895 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6897 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
6898 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6900 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
6901 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6902 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6904 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
6908 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6911 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6912 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6916 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6917 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6919 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6921 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6928 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6932 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6935 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6940 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6942 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6944 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6950 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6951 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6952 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6953 types _not_ TYPE. */
6956 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
6957 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
6960 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6962 *other_type_used
= 0;
6967 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6970 if (b
->type
== type
)
6971 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
6972 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
6973 *other_type_used
= 1;
6980 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6982 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6986 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6988 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
6989 update_global_location_list (0);
6995 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6997 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7001 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7003 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7004 update_global_location_list (1);
7010 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7012 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7013 update_global_location_list (0);
7017 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7019 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7020 breakpoint_re_set ();
7024 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7025 at address specified by SAL.
7026 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7029 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7030 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7034 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7036 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7038 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7039 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7040 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7041 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7043 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7044 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7046 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7047 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7049 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7054 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7055 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7058 static struct breakpoint
*
7059 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
7061 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7063 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7065 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
7066 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7067 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7069 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7070 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7071 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7072 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7073 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7075 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
7076 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
7078 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
7079 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7080 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7081 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7083 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7084 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7085 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7087 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7091 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7095 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7097 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7101 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
7105 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7108 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7110 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7112 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7113 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7115 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7119 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7122 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7124 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7125 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
7127 printf_filtered ("\n");
7131 static struct bp_location
*
7132 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7133 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7135 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7136 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
7137 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7139 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
7140 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7142 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7143 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7144 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7145 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7146 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7147 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7148 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
7151 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7152 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7156 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7157 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
7158 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7159 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7160 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7161 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
7163 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7164 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7165 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
7167 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7168 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7173 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7174 return 0 otherwise. */
7177 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7181 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
7182 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7183 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7186 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7188 addr
= loc
->address
;
7189 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7191 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7195 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7197 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7198 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7199 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7200 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7202 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7203 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7205 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7206 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
7209 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7216 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7217 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7218 as condition expression. */
7221 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7222 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7223 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
7224 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7225 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7226 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7227 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7231 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7233 int target_resources_ok
;
7235 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7236 target_resources_ok
=
7237 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7239 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7240 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7241 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7242 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7245 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7247 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7249 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7250 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7254 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7256 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7258 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7259 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7264 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
7268 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7269 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7270 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7271 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7273 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7275 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
7276 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7278 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string
))
7280 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7281 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7282 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7286 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7288 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7290 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7291 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7293 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7295 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7297 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7299 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7300 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7302 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7304 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7307 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7308 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7315 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7318 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7319 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7323 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7324 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7326 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7330 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7332 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7334 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7337 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7342 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7343 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7344 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
7345 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7346 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7347 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7348 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7350 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7351 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7353 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
7355 struct tracepoint
*t
;
7357 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
7361 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7363 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
7365 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
7367 filter
, cond_string
,
7369 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
7371 enabled
, internal
, display_canonical
);
7372 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7374 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
7377 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7378 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7379 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7380 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7381 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7382 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7383 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7384 we take just a single condition string.
7386 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7387 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7388 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7389 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7390 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7393 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7394 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7396 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7397 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7398 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7399 int enabled
, int internal
)
7402 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
7404 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
7405 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
7407 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
7409 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7410 'break', without arguments. */
7411 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
7412 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
7414 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
7415 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
7417 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
7418 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
7421 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7422 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7423 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7424 canonical
->special_display
);
7425 discard_cleanups (inner
);
7429 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7430 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7431 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7432 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7434 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7435 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7438 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7439 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7441 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7443 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7445 if ((*address
) == NULL
7446 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7448 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7450 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7452 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
7453 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7455 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7456 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7457 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7459 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7460 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7461 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
7462 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7464 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7465 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7466 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7467 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7468 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7469 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7471 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7472 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
7473 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
7475 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
7478 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7482 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7483 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7484 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7485 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7486 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7487 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
7488 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7489 get_last_displayed_line (),
7490 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
7492 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
7493 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7494 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
7499 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7500 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7503 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7507 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7508 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7511 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7512 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7513 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7514 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7515 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7519 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7520 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7523 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7525 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7527 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7529 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
7531 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7533 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7534 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7535 associated with SAL. */
7538 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
7540 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7543 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7544 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7546 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7550 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7551 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7552 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7553 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7554 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7555 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7557 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7558 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7560 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7566 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7567 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7569 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7571 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7573 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7575 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7577 struct expression
*expr
;
7579 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7580 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7583 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7584 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7586 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7592 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7594 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7595 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7596 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7598 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7604 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7606 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7607 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7608 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7611 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7615 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7617 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7618 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7620 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7621 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7622 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7624 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7625 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
7630 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7632 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7634 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7635 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
7637 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
7638 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
7639 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
7641 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
7642 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
7644 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7646 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
7648 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
7650 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
7652 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
7653 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
7655 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
7658 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7664 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7665 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7666 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7667 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7668 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7669 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7670 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7671 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7672 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7676 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7677 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7678 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7679 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
7681 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7682 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7683 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
7685 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
7686 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
7687 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7688 struct linespec_result canonical
;
7689 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7690 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7694 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7696 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7698 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7700 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (arg
))
7703 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
7705 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
7707 copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, arg
- addr_start
);
7709 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
7710 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
7715 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
7717 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical
);
7720 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7724 throw_exception (e
);
7728 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7730 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7733 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7734 throw_exception (e
);
7736 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7738 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7739 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7740 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7741 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7742 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
7745 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7746 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7747 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7748 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7750 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
7752 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
7753 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
7754 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
7755 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
7756 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
7758 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
7762 throw_exception (e
);
7766 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
7772 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7773 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7775 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7776 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7777 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7778 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7779 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7781 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7782 are ok for the target. */
7786 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
7788 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
7789 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
7792 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7793 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
7796 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
7798 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
7799 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
7802 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7803 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7807 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
7809 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
7811 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
7813 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7814 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7815 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7816 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7819 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
7822 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7826 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7829 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
7830 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7834 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
7835 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
7836 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
7837 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
7838 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
7839 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
7840 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
7841 && is_marker_spec (copy_arg
))
7845 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7847 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7848 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
7849 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7853 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
7855 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
.addr_string
);
7856 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
7858 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
7859 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
7861 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
7862 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7863 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7864 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7865 canonical
.special_display
);
7866 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
7867 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
7868 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
7869 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
7870 try to match up which of the newly found markers
7871 corresponds to this one */
7872 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
7874 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
7876 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7880 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, cond_string
,
7882 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7883 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
7888 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7890 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
7892 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
7894 struct tracepoint
*t
;
7896 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
7900 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7902 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
7904 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
7905 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
7906 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7907 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7908 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7909 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7910 if (type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
&& type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7911 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7913 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
7916 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
7918 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7919 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7920 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
7923 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7925 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
7926 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7927 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7929 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7930 update_global_location_list (1);
7935 /* Set a breakpoint.
7936 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7937 condition, and thread.
7938 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7939 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7943 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
7945 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
7946 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7947 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7950 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7952 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7953 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
7954 0 /* Ignore count */,
7955 pending_break_support
,
7956 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
,
7962 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7965 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7969 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7971 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7972 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7973 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7976 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
7977 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7978 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7979 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7982 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7984 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7988 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7991 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7994 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7995 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7999 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8000 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8001 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8002 happen in assembly source). */
8004 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8005 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8007 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8009 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8011 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8013 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8020 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8022 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8026 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8028 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8032 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8034 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8038 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8040 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8044 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8046 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8047 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8048 stop at <line>\n"));
8052 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8056 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8058 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8063 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8064 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8065 function/method name. */
8066 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8068 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8073 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8075 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8079 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8081 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8085 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8089 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8096 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8097 it is probably a line number. */
8098 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8100 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8105 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8107 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8111 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8113 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8116 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8117 ranged breakpoints. */
8120 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8121 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8124 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8125 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8128 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8129 ranged breakpoints. */
8132 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8134 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8137 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8138 ranged breakpoints. */
8140 static enum print_stop_action
8141 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
8143 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8144 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8145 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8147 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8149 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8150 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8152 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8153 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8154 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8156 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8157 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8159 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8160 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8161 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8163 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8164 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8166 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8169 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8170 ranged breakpoints. */
8173 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8174 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8176 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8177 struct value_print_options opts
;
8178 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8180 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8181 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8183 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8185 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8186 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8187 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8188 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8190 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8194 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8195 ranged breakpoints. */
8198 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8199 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8201 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8202 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8203 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8204 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8208 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8209 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8211 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8212 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8213 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8214 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8215 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8216 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8218 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8221 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8222 ranged breakpoints. */
8225 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8227 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8228 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8231 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8233 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8236 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8237 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8238 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8241 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8242 ranged breakpoints. */
8245 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8247 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8248 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8249 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8252 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8254 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8256 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8257 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8258 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8259 last instruction of the given line. */
8262 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8266 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8267 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8268 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8275 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8277 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8279 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8286 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8289 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8291 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8292 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8293 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8295 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8296 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8297 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8298 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
8300 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8301 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8302 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8304 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8305 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8306 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8309 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8311 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8312 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8313 error(_("No address range specified."));
8315 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8318 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
8320 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8323 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8324 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
8325 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8327 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
8329 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
8330 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8331 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8333 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
8334 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8335 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8337 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8338 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8340 /* Parse the end location. */
8342 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8345 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8346 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8347 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8348 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8349 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8350 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
8351 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8352 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
8354 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8356 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
8357 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8359 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
8360 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
8361 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8362 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8364 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
8365 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8366 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8368 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8369 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8370 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8372 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8374 /* Length overflowed. */
8375 error (_("Address range too large."));
8376 else if (length
== 1)
8378 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8379 the `hbreak' command. */
8380 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8382 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8387 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8388 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8389 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
8390 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8391 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8392 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8393 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
8394 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
8395 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8397 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8400 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8401 update_global_location_list (1);
8404 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8405 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8406 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8409 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8417 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8418 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8421 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8431 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8432 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8433 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8434 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8435 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8437 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8453 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8465 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8468 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8469 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8472 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8473 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8474 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8475 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8477 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8478 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8483 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8485 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8486 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8487 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8488 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8490 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8491 are always constant. */
8493 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8495 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8496 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8497 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8502 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8503 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8504 then it is not a constant. */
8513 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8516 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
8518 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
8520 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
8522 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
8523 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
8524 value_free (w
->val
);
8526 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
8529 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8532 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8534 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8536 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8537 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8539 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8540 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8541 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8542 are loaded and unloaded.
8544 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8545 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8546 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8547 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8548 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8549 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8551 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8552 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8553 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8554 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8556 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8557 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8559 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8560 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8561 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
8564 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8567 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8569 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8570 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8572 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8576 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8579 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8581 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8582 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8584 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8589 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8590 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
8592 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
8593 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8595 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8596 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8597 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8598 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8599 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8600 (did not match the data address). */
8601 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
8602 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
8609 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8611 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
8613 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
8616 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8617 hardware watchpoints. */
8620 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8622 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8623 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8625 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8628 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8629 hardware watchpoints. */
8632 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8634 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8635 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8638 static enum print_stop_action
8639 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8641 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8643 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
8644 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
8645 enum print_stop_action result
;
8646 struct watchpoint
*w
;
8647 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8649 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
8651 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
8652 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8653 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8655 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8656 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8661 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8662 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8663 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8666 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8668 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8669 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
8670 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
8671 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
8672 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
8673 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8674 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
8675 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8676 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8677 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8680 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8681 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8684 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8686 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8687 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
8688 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8689 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
8690 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8691 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8694 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8695 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
8697 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8698 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8701 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8703 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8704 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
8705 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
8706 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
8707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
8712 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8715 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8716 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8717 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
8719 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8720 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
8721 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8722 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8725 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8728 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8732 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8736 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8738 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8739 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8740 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8745 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
8746 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8748 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8749 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8750 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8752 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8753 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8754 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8756 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8757 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8758 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8761 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8762 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8765 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8766 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8767 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
8768 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8771 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8775 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8777 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8782 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8783 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8785 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8786 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8788 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8789 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8792 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8793 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8796 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
8797 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8800 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8802 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8804 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8805 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8808 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8810 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8812 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
8813 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8816 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8817 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8820 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8822 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8824 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
8825 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8828 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8829 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8832 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8834 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8836 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8839 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8840 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8843 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8848 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8849 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8851 static enum print_stop_action
8852 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8854 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8855 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8857 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8858 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8863 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8864 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8867 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8870 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8871 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8874 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8877 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8878 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8881 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8884 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8885 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8889 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
8890 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8891 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8894 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8895 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8898 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8899 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8902 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8903 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8905 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8907 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8908 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8910 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
8911 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8915 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8916 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8919 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8922 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8923 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8927 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8928 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8929 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8931 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8932 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8933 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8935 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8936 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8937 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8940 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8941 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8944 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8945 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8946 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
8947 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8950 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8951 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8954 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8956 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8961 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8962 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8964 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8965 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8967 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8971 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8972 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8975 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8976 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
8977 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8980 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
8982 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8984 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
8987 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8989 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8992 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8993 hw_read: watch read,
8994 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8996 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
8997 int just_location
, int internal
)
8999 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9000 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9001 struct expression
*exp
;
9002 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9003 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
9004 struct frame_info
*frame
;
9005 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9006 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9007 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9009 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9010 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9011 enum bptype bp_type
;
9014 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9015 the hardware watchpoint. */
9018 struct watchpoint
*w
;
9020 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9021 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9025 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9026 of the arguments string. */
9027 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9029 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9030 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9033 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9034 This is the value of the parameter. */
9035 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9037 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9039 /* Skip whitespace. */
9040 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9045 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9046 This is the parameter itself. */
9047 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9050 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9052 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9054 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9055 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9056 only in a specific thread. */
9060 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9062 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9063 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9065 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9067 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9068 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9070 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9071 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9072 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9074 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9076 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9077 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9079 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9082 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9084 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9086 mark
= value_mark ();
9087 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9088 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9089 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9092 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9095 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9096 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9101 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9102 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9104 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9106 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9107 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9109 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9112 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9113 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9117 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9118 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9120 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9123 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9124 mark
= value_mark ();
9125 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9131 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9132 val
= value_addr (result
);
9133 release_value (val
);
9134 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9138 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9141 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9143 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9146 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9147 release_value (val
);
9149 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9150 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9152 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9153 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9155 struct expression
*cond
;
9157 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9158 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9159 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9161 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9162 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9163 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9169 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9171 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9172 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9173 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9174 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9176 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9178 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9180 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9181 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9182 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9183 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9184 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9186 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9189 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9190 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9191 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
9192 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9194 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9196 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9197 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9199 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9200 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9202 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9203 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9204 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9205 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9206 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9207 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9208 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9209 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9210 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9214 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9216 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
9219 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
9220 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
9222 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
9223 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
9225 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9226 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9228 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9229 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9232 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9233 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9236 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9237 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9239 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9240 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9243 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9244 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9246 /* The above expression is in C. */
9247 b
->language
= language_c
;
9250 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9254 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9263 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9269 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9270 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9274 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9275 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9278 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9280 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9281 need to act on them together. */
9282 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9283 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9287 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9289 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9291 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9292 that should be inserted. */
9293 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
9297 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9298 throw_exception (e
);
9301 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
9304 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9305 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9308 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9310 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9311 struct value
*head
= v
;
9313 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9314 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9317 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9318 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9319 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9320 hardware watchpoint.
9322 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9323 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9324 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9325 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9326 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9327 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9328 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9329 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9330 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9332 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9333 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9334 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9335 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9336 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9338 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9340 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9341 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9342 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9343 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9344 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9345 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9349 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9350 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9351 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9353 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9354 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9355 middle of some value chain. */
9357 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9358 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9360 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9364 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9365 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9366 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9368 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9372 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9376 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9377 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9378 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9379 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9380 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9383 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9384 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9385 return found_memory_cnt
;
9389 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9391 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9394 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9395 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9396 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9397 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9400 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9402 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9403 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9411 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9412 calls watch_command_1. */
9415 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9417 int just_location
= 0;
9420 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9421 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9423 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9427 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9431 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9433 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9437 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9439 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9443 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9445 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9449 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9451 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9455 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9457 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9461 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9462 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9464 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9466 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9467 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9471 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9472 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9473 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9476 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
9478 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9480 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9482 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9483 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9487 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9489 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9490 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9491 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9492 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9493 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9494 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9496 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9498 clear_proceed_status ();
9500 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9503 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9504 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9505 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9506 get_last_displayed_line ());
9508 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9509 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
9511 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9512 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9515 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9518 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9520 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9523 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9524 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9525 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9526 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9528 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9529 only at the very same frame. */
9530 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9531 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9534 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9536 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9539 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9542 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9544 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9545 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9546 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9548 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9550 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9552 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9553 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9556 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9558 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9559 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9560 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9561 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9563 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9565 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9566 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9568 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9569 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9570 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9572 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9573 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9574 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9578 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9581 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9582 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9584 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9585 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9586 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9587 if clause in the arg string. */
9590 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9594 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9597 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9600 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9601 condition string. */
9602 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9605 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9607 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9612 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9613 process start/exit, etc. */
9617 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9618 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9623 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9624 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9626 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9627 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9628 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9631 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9632 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9633 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9637 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9639 /* The allowed syntax is:
9641 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9643 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9644 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9646 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9647 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9649 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9650 and enable reporting of such events. */
9653 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9654 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9655 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9656 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9658 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9659 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9660 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9661 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9664 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9670 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9671 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9673 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
9674 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9676 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9678 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9682 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9684 /* The allowed syntax is:
9686 catch exec if <cond>
9688 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9689 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9691 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9692 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9694 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
9695 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9696 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9697 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
9699 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
9702 static enum print_stop_action
9703 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
9705 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9706 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9707 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9709 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9711 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9712 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9713 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9716 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9718 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9720 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9721 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9723 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9724 : " (exception caught), ");
9725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9727 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9729 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9730 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9732 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9736 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9737 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9739 struct value_print_options opts
;
9740 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9742 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9743 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9746 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9747 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9749 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9750 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9755 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9756 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9758 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9762 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9764 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9768 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9769 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9770 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9771 : _("Catchpoint "));
9772 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9773 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9777 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9778 catch catchpoints. */
9781 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9787 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9788 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9789 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9790 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9791 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9794 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
9797 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9798 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9800 char *trigger_func_name
;
9802 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9803 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9805 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9807 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9808 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9809 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9810 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9812 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9813 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9820 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9823 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9824 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9826 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9830 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9832 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9834 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9835 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9837 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
9838 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9839 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9841 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
9844 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9847 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9850 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9852 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9854 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9857 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9860 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9862 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9864 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9868 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9869 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9870 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9872 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9878 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9880 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9882 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9883 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
9884 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9885 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9886 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9887 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9888 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9889 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9890 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9891 enough for now, though. */
9894 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
9896 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9897 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9898 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9899 b
->language
= language_ada
;
9902 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9903 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9905 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
9907 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
9908 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
9910 while (*arg
!= '\0')
9912 int i
, syscall_number
;
9917 /* Skip whitespace. */
9918 while (isspace (*arg
))
9921 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
9922 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
9926 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9927 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
9928 if (*endptr
== '\0')
9929 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
9932 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9934 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
9936 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
9937 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9938 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9939 syscall number to be caught. */
9940 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
9943 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9944 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
9947 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
9951 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9954 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9955 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9960 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9962 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9963 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
9964 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9965 this architecture yet."));
9967 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9969 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9971 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9972 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9973 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9974 for his/her architecture. */
9975 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
9977 /* The allowed syntax is:
9979 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9981 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9984 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
9988 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
9989 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
9993 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9995 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10000 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10002 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10005 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10008 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10010 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10011 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10014 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10015 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10020 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10021 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10026 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10027 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10028 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10029 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10031 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10032 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10033 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10034 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
10035 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10036 error (_("No source file specified."));
10038 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10044 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10045 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10046 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10047 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10049 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10050 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10051 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10052 due to optimization, all in one block.
10054 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10055 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10056 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10057 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10058 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10059 to support that. */
10061 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10062 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10063 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10067 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10069 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10070 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10071 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10074 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10079 1 0 <can't happen> */
10081 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10083 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10087 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10088 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10090 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10091 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10093 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10094 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10095 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
10097 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10098 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10099 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10100 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
10101 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
10102 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
10103 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10104 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10105 && filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
10106 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
10107 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
10108 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10117 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10120 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10121 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10124 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10126 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10129 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10130 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10133 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10134 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10136 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10138 breakpoints_changed ();
10140 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10143 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10144 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10147 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10150 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10151 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10152 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10155 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10157 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10159 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10160 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10161 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10163 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10165 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10167 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10168 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10172 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10173 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10174 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10175 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10176 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10177 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10180 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10182 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10183 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10184 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10185 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10186 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10188 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10189 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10191 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10192 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10193 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10195 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10196 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10198 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10199 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10200 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10202 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10205 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10206 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10207 content of the bp_location array. */
10210 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10212 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10214 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10215 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10217 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10219 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10221 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10224 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10225 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10227 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10228 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10229 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10230 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10232 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10234 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10235 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10236 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10237 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10241 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10244 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10246 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10247 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10249 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10252 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10254 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10256 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10258 if (!is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
10261 if ((bl
->owner
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
10262 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10263 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
10266 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10267 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10268 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10269 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
10272 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
10274 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
10277 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10278 t
->number_on_target
= bl
->owner
->number
;
10281 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10284 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10287 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
10289 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
10290 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
10291 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
10293 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10294 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
10295 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
10296 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
10297 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
10299 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
10300 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
10301 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
10302 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
10303 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
10304 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
10307 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10308 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10309 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10310 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10311 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10312 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10313 returns true on them.
10315 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10316 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10317 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10318 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10319 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10320 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10323 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10325 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10326 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10327 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10329 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10330 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10331 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10332 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10333 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10335 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10336 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10337 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10338 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10340 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10341 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10342 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10343 unsigned old_location_count
;
10345 old_location
= bp_location
;
10346 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10347 bp_location
= NULL
;
10348 bp_location_count
= 0;
10349 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10351 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10352 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10353 bp_location_count
++;
10355 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10356 locp
= bp_location
;
10357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10358 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10360 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10361 bp_location_compare
);
10363 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10365 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10366 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10367 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10368 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10369 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10372 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10373 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10375 locp
= bp_location
;
10376 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10379 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10380 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10382 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10383 not, we have to free it. */
10384 int found_object
= 0;
10385 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10386 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10389 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10390 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10391 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10392 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10396 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10397 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10400 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10407 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10408 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10409 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10410 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10411 at certain location is not inserted. */
10413 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10415 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10418 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10420 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10421 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10422 keep_in_target
= 1;
10426 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10427 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10428 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10429 this one from the target. */
10431 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10432 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10435 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10436 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10439 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10441 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10443 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10444 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10445 supported, but the latter are. */
10446 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10448 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10449 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10452 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10453 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10455 if (loc2
!= old_loc
10456 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10458 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
10459 keep_in_target
= 1;
10467 if (!keep_in_target
)
10469 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10471 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10472 this location on the global list, and try to
10473 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10474 reason why we will succeed next time.
10476 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10477 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10478 only after calling us. */
10479 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10480 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10481 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10489 if (removed
&& non_stop
10490 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10491 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10493 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10494 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10495 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10496 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10497 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10498 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10499 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10500 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10501 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10502 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10503 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10504 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10505 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10506 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10509 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10510 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10512 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10513 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10514 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10515 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10516 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10517 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10518 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10519 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10520 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10521 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10522 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10523 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10524 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10527 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10528 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10529 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10530 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10532 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10533 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10534 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10535 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10536 traps we can no longer explain. */
10538 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10539 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10541 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10545 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10546 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10551 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10552 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10553 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10554 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10555 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10556 are sorted first for the same address.
10558 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10559 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10561 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10562 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10563 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10564 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10565 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10567 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10569 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
10570 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10572 if (!should_be_inserted (loc
)
10573 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10574 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10575 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10576 `struct bp_location'. */
10577 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10580 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10581 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10582 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10583 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10584 "actually inserted"));
10586 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10587 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10588 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10589 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10590 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10591 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10593 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10595 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10596 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10597 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10599 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10600 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10605 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10606 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10607 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10609 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
10610 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10612 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10613 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10614 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10615 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10616 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10619 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10620 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10621 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10622 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10625 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10627 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10631 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10633 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10636 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10637 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10639 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10640 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10646 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10648 struct gdb_exception e
;
10650 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10651 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10654 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10657 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10661 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10662 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10664 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10665 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10666 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10670 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10672 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10674 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10676 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10680 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10684 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10687 struct value_print_options opts
;
10689 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10691 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10693 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
10695 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
10699 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
10701 printf_filtered (" at ");
10702 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
10705 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
10707 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10709 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
10710 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10711 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
10713 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10714 different file name, and this at least reflects the
10715 real situation somewhat. */
10716 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
10721 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10723 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10725 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
10730 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10733 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
10735 xfree (self
->cond
);
10736 xfree (self
->function_name
);
10737 xfree (self
->source_file
);
10740 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
10745 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10749 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10751 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
10752 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
10753 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
10754 xfree (self
->filter
);
10755 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
10758 static struct bp_location
*
10759 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10761 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10763 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
10764 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
10769 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10771 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10774 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10775 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10778 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10780 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10784 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10786 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10790 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10791 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10794 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10798 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
10803 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10807 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10809 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10812 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10816 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10821 static enum print_stop_action
10822 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
10824 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10828 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
10829 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10835 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10837 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10841 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10843 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10846 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
10848 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
10849 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
10850 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
10851 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
10852 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
10853 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
10854 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
10855 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
10856 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
10857 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
10859 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
10860 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
10861 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
10864 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10867 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10869 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10870 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
10872 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10873 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10877 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
10881 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10883 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
10884 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
10887 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
10892 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10894 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
10895 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
10897 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
10901 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10902 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
10904 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10906 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10910 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
10911 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
10912 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
10919 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10921 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10926 static enum print_stop_action
10927 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
10929 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10930 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10932 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10934 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10936 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10937 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10939 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
10940 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
10941 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
10944 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10946 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
10948 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
10949 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10951 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10952 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10953 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10955 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10956 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10958 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10962 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10964 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
10969 case bp_breakpoint
:
10970 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
10971 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10972 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
10974 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
10975 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
10976 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
10977 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
10979 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
10980 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
10988 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10990 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10991 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
10992 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
10993 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
10994 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
10995 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10996 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
10997 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
10998 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
11000 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11001 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
11003 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
11004 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
11007 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11010 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11014 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11015 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11016 case bp_overlay_event
:
11017 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11018 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11019 case bp_exception_master
:
11020 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11023 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11024 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11025 case bp_shlib_event
:
11027 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11028 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11029 case bp_thread_event
:
11035 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
11037 /* We do not stop for these. */
11041 static enum print_stop_action
11042 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
11044 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11045 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11047 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11051 case bp_shlib_event
:
11052 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11053 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11054 to shlib event" message.) */
11055 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11057 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11058 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
11061 case bp_thread_event
:
11062 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11063 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11064 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11067 case bp_overlay_event
:
11068 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11069 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11072 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11073 /* These should never be enabled. */
11074 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11077 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11078 /* These should never be enabled. */
11079 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11080 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11083 case bp_exception_master
:
11084 /* These should never be enabled. */
11085 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11086 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11090 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
11094 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11096 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11099 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11102 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11104 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11105 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11106 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11107 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11111 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
11113 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11116 static enum print_stop_action
11117 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
11119 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11121 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11123 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11128 ui_out_field_string
11130 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
11134 ui_out_field_string
11136 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
11141 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11145 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11147 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11150 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11153 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11155 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
11159 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11160 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
11162 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11168 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
11169 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11171 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
11172 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
11174 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
11176 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
11177 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11178 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11179 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11184 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11186 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
11191 case bp_tracepoint
:
11192 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11193 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11195 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11196 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11197 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11199 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11200 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11201 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11204 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11205 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
11212 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11214 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
11216 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
11217 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
11218 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
11219 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
11220 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
11221 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
11223 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11224 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
11226 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
11227 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
11229 if (tp
->pass_count
)
11230 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
11233 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11235 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11239 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11241 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11243 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
11245 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11246 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11249 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11250 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11251 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11252 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11253 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11256 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11257 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11258 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11259 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11261 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
11264 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11265 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11266 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
11268 struct breakpoint
*related
;
11269 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11271 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11272 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
11273 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11274 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
11278 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
11280 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11281 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
11282 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
11283 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
11284 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
11287 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11288 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11289 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11290 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11292 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
11294 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
11295 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
11297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11298 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
11300 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
11304 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11306 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11307 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11308 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11309 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11310 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11311 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11312 commands won't work. */
11314 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
11316 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11317 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11318 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11319 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11320 might be better design to have location completely
11321 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11322 update_global_location_list (0);
11324 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
11325 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11326 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11327 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
11332 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
11334 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11338 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11340 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
11343 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11344 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11347 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11348 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11352 struct breakpoint
*related
;
11357 struct breakpoint
*next
;
11359 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11360 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
11362 if (next
== related
)
11364 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11365 function (related
, data
);
11367 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11368 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11373 function (related
, data
);
11377 while (related
!= b
);
11381 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11383 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11386 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11387 delete_breakpoint. */
11390 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11392 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11396 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11398 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11404 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
11406 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11407 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11408 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11410 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11412 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
11416 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11418 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11421 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11422 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11426 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11430 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11432 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11433 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11438 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11439 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11440 Null names are ignored. */
11443 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11445 struct bp_location
*l
;
11446 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
11447 (int (*) (const void *,
11448 const void *)) streq
,
11449 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
11451 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
11454 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
11456 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11460 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
11462 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11466 htab_delete (htab
);
11472 htab_delete (htab
);
11476 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11477 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11478 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11479 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11480 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11481 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11482 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11483 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11486 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11487 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11488 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11489 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11490 in the sources, and output a warning.
11492 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11493 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11494 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11495 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11496 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11499 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11500 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11501 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11502 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11503 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11504 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11505 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11506 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11507 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11509 static struct symtab_and_line
11510 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
11512 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11513 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
11519 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
11521 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
11523 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
11524 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11526 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
11528 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11529 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
11530 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
11535 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11537 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
11539 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11540 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
11542 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
11545 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11547 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
11549 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11550 struct symbol
*sym
;
11551 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
11552 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11554 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
11556 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11557 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
->str_id
);
11559 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11560 "found at previous line number"),
11561 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11565 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
11567 sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
11568 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (marker
->address
, NULL
);
11569 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11572 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11573 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11574 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11576 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11577 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11579 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11581 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
11584 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11587 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal
.line
);
11588 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11590 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
11592 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
11594 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11596 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
11598 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11599 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11600 sal
.symtab
->filename
,
11601 b
->loc
->line_number
);
11603 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11606 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
11612 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11613 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11616 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11620 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11623 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11626 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11633 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11639 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11640 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11641 a ranged breakpoint. */
11644 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11645 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11646 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11649 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11651 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
11653 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11655 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11656 update_global_location_list (1);
11657 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11658 "multiple locations found\n"),
11663 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11664 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11665 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11666 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11667 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11668 individual locations. */
11669 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11674 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11676 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
11678 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
11680 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11682 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11684 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11687 struct gdb_exception e
;
11689 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11690 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11692 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11697 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11698 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11699 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11700 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11704 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11706 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11708 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11712 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11713 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11714 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
11716 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11719 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
11720 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11721 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11722 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11723 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11724 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11725 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
11727 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11729 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
11731 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
11732 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
11734 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11735 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
11743 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11744 if (l
->function_name
11745 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
11755 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
11756 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11758 update_global_location_list (1);
11761 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11762 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11764 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11765 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
11769 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
11770 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11773 marker_spec
= b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (s
);
11775 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11779 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11781 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
11782 if (sals
.nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11784 sals
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11788 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11792 struct linespec_result canonical
;
11794 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
11795 decode_line_full (&s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11796 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
11797 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
11800 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
11801 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
11803 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
11805 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
11807 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
11809 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
11811 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
11814 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
11819 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
11820 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11821 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11822 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11823 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11824 state, then user already saw the message about that
11825 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11827 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11828 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
11829 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11830 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
11831 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
11832 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
11834 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
11836 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11837 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11838 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11839 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11840 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11841 which approach is better. */
11842 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11843 throw_exception (e
);
11847 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
11851 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11852 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
11853 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
11855 char *cond_string
= 0;
11859 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
11860 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
11862 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
11863 b
->thread
= thread
;
11865 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
11868 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !marker_spec
)
11869 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
11879 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
11880 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
11884 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11887 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
11888 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
11889 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
11891 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
11894 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11898 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
11900 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
11903 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
11904 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
11908 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
11911 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
11913 static struct cleanup
*
11914 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11916 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
11918 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
11919 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
11920 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
11921 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
11922 set_language (b
->language
);
11927 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11928 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11929 Unused in this case. */
11932 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
11934 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11935 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
11936 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
11938 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
11939 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
11940 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11944 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11946 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11948 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11949 enum language save_language
;
11950 int save_input_radix
;
11951 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11953 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
11954 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
11955 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
11957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11959 /* Format possible error msg. */
11960 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11962 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
11963 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
11964 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11966 set_language (save_language
);
11967 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
11969 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11971 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11973 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11974 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11975 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11976 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11978 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
11982 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11984 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11985 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11987 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11989 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
11991 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
11992 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
11994 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11995 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11996 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11998 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
12002 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12003 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12004 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12007 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12009 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12015 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
12017 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
12019 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
12020 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12025 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
12029 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12030 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12032 else if (count
== 1)
12033 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12036 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12037 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12040 breakpoints_changed ();
12041 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12045 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
12048 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12051 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12057 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12059 num
= get_number (&p
);
12061 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
12063 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12065 set_ignore_count (num
,
12066 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
12069 printf_filtered ("\n");
12072 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12073 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12076 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
12081 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
12083 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12086 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12088 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12090 while (!state
.finished
)
12092 char *p
= state
.string
;
12096 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
12099 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
12103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
12104 if (b
->number
== num
)
12107 function (b
, data
);
12111 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
12116 static struct bp_location
*
12117 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
12119 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
12123 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12124 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12129 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
12131 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
12133 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12134 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
12139 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
12140 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
12143 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
12145 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
12149 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
12152 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
12158 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12159 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12160 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12163 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12165 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12166 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12167 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12168 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12171 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12172 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
12175 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12177 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12178 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
12180 struct bp_location
*location
;
12182 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
12183 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
12186 update_global_location_list (0);
12188 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
12191 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12194 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12196 disable_breakpoint (b
);
12199 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12200 disable_breakpoint. */
12203 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12205 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12209 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12213 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
12215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
12216 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
12217 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12219 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
12221 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
12225 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12226 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
12227 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
12228 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
12230 update_global_location_list (0);
12233 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12237 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
12239 int target_resources_ok
;
12241 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12244 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12245 target_resources_ok
=
12246 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
12248 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
12249 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12250 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
12251 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12254 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
12256 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12257 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
12258 struct gdb_exception e
;
12260 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12262 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12264 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
12265 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
12266 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
12270 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
12271 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12277 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12278 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
12280 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12281 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
12283 struct bp_location
*location
;
12285 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
12286 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
12289 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
12290 update_global_location_list (1);
12291 breakpoints_changed ();
12293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
12298 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12300 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
12304 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
12306 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12309 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12310 enable_breakpoint. */
12313 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12315 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12318 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12319 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12320 in stopping the inferior. */
12323 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12327 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
12329 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
12330 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
12331 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12333 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
12335 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
12339 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12340 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
12341 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
12342 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
12344 update_global_location_list (1);
12347 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12351 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
12353 enum bpdisp disp
= *(enum bpdisp
*) arg
;
12355 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp
);
12359 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12361 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_disable
;
12363 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12367 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12369 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12373 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12375 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_del
;
12377 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12381 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12383 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12387 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12392 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12396 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12397 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12401 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
12402 const bfd_byte
*data
)
12404 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12407 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
12408 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12410 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
12412 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
12414 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12416 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12417 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12418 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
12419 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
12421 value_free (wp
->val
);
12429 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12430 if they aren't valid. */
12432 struct symtabs_and_lines
12433 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int flags
)
12435 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12438 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12439 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12440 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
,
12441 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12442 get_last_displayed_line ());
12444 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
12446 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
12450 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12451 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12452 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12453 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12457 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12458 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
12460 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
12462 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
12464 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
12465 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
12467 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
12469 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12477 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12478 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12481 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
12483 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
12486 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
12492 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12495 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
12496 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
12498 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12501 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12502 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12507 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
12509 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
12510 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
12514 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
12515 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
12516 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12519 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12520 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12521 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12522 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12523 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12524 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12526 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12527 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12528 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12529 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12532 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12533 were inserted or not. */
12536 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12538 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12539 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12542 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12545 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12547 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12549 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12551 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12552 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12553 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12554 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12556 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12558 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12559 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12560 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12561 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12565 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12566 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12567 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12571 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12575 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12576 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12578 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12579 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12580 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12584 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12588 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12592 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12593 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12594 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12595 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12598 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12602 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12607 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12609 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12611 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12612 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12620 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12621 non-zero otherwise. */
12623 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12625 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12626 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12627 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12634 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12636 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12638 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12642 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12644 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12647 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12649 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
12651 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12655 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12657 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12667 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12669 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12670 char *text
, char *word
)
12672 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12674 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12680 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12682 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12684 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
12686 tracepoint_count
= num
;
12687 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
12691 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12693 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12695 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12697 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12698 0 /* Ignore count */,
12699 pending_break_support
,
12700 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
12704 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12708 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12710 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12712 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12714 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12715 0 /* Ignore count */,
12716 pending_break_support
,
12717 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
12721 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12724 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12727 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12729 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12731 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12733 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12734 0 /* Ignore count */,
12735 pending_break_support
,
12736 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
12740 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12743 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12744 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12746 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
12747 static int next_cmd
;
12750 read_uploaded_action (void)
12754 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
12761 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12762 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12763 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12764 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12765 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12767 struct tracepoint
*
12768 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
12770 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
12771 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
12773 if (utp
->at_string
)
12774 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
12777 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12778 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12779 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12781 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12782 "source location, using raw address"),
12784 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
12785 addr_str
= small_buf
;
12788 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12789 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
12790 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12791 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12794 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12796 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12798 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
12799 0 /* Ignore count */,
12800 pending_break_support
,
12801 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
12803 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
12807 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12809 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12810 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
12811 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
12815 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->base
.number
);
12817 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
12820 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12821 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12822 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12824 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
12826 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
12831 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
12833 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
12835 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
12836 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
12837 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12838 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12841 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
12842 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
12843 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
12848 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12852 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12854 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12857 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
12859 if (num_printed
== 0)
12861 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
12862 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12864 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
12867 default_collect_info ();
12870 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12871 Not supported by all targets. */
12873 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12875 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12878 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12879 Not supported by all targets. */
12881 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12883 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12886 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12888 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12890 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12896 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12898 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12899 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12900 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12902 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12903 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12905 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12909 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12911 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12914 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12915 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12919 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12922 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12925 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12927 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
12928 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp
->base
.number
);
12930 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12931 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
12934 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12936 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12937 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12938 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12941 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12943 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
12944 unsigned int count
;
12946 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
12947 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12948 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12950 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12952 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
12955 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
12957 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12959 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12961 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12963 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12965 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12966 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12969 else if (*args
== '\0')
12971 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
12973 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12977 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12979 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12980 while (!state
.finished
)
12982 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
12984 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12989 struct tracepoint
*
12990 get_tracepoint (int num
)
12992 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12994 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12995 if (t
->number
== num
)
12996 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
13001 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13002 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13005 struct tracepoint
*
13006 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
13008 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13010 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
13012 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13014 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
13021 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13022 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13023 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13024 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13025 struct tracepoint
*
13026 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
13027 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
13030 extern int tracepoint_count
;
13031 struct breakpoint
*t
;
13033 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
13037 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
13038 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
13040 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
13043 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
13045 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13048 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
13052 if (instring
&& *instring
)
13053 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13056 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13057 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13061 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
13062 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
13064 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
13067 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
13072 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13074 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13075 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
13078 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
13080 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
13083 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13084 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13085 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13089 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
13090 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
13092 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
13095 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13096 struct ui_file
*fp
;
13097 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
13099 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
13100 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13102 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
13105 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13106 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
13109 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13110 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
13115 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
13117 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
13119 /* We can stop searching. */
13126 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13130 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
13131 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
13132 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
13134 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13135 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
13136 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
13138 if (extra_trace_bits
)
13139 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
13141 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
13143 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13144 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
13147 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13148 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
13151 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
13153 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13154 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13157 if (tp
->cond_string
)
13158 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
13160 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
13161 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
13165 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
13167 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
13169 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
13170 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13172 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
13174 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
13177 throw_exception (ex
);
13179 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
13182 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
13183 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
13185 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13186 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13187 special, and not user visible. */
13188 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
13190 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13193 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
13195 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
13199 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
13200 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
13202 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13204 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
13207 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13210 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13212 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
13215 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13218 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13220 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
13223 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13225 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
13226 all_tracepoints (void)
13228 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
13229 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
13231 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
13233 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
13240 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13241 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13242 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13244 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13245 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13246 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13247 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13248 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13249 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13250 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13251 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13253 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13254 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13256 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13257 conditions are different.\n\
13259 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13261 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13262 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
13264 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13265 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
13268 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
13269 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
13270 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
13271 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
13272 char *text
, char *word
),
13273 void *user_data_catch
,
13274 void *user_data_tcatch
)
13276 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
13278 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
13280 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
13281 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
13282 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
13284 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
13286 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
13287 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
13288 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
13292 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
13294 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
13295 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
13296 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
13300 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13302 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13303 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13304 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
13307 struct breakpoint
*
13308 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
13311 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13313 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13315 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
13322 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13323 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13326 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13328 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13329 non-inline function. */
13330 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13336 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13337 have been inlined. */
13340 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
13342 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13343 struct bp_location
*bl
;
13345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13347 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
13350 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
13352 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
13353 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
13362 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13364 static int initialized
= 0;
13366 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
13372 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13373 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13374 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13375 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13376 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13377 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
13378 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
13379 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
13380 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
13382 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13383 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13384 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13385 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
13386 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
13387 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
13388 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
13389 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
13391 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13392 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
13393 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13394 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
13395 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
13396 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
13397 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
13398 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
13399 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
13400 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
13402 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13403 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
13404 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13405 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
13406 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
13407 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
13408 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
13410 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13411 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
13412 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13413 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
13414 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
13415 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
13416 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
13418 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13419 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
13420 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13421 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
13422 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
13423 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
13424 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
13427 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13428 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13429 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
13430 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
13431 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
13432 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
13433 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
13434 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
13435 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
13436 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
13437 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
13438 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
13439 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
13441 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13442 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13443 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13444 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
13445 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
13446 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
13447 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
13448 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
13449 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
13450 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
13451 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
13454 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13455 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13456 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
13457 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
13458 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
13459 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
13460 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
13462 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13463 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
13464 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13465 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
13466 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
13467 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
13468 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
13469 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
13470 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
13471 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
13473 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13474 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
13475 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13476 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
13477 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
13478 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
13479 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
13480 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
13481 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
13482 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
13484 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13485 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
13486 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13487 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
13488 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
13489 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
13490 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
13491 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
13492 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
13493 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
13494 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
13496 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13497 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
13498 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13499 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
13500 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
13501 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
13502 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
13503 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
13504 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
13505 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
13506 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
13510 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13512 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
13514 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13516 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
13517 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
13518 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
13520 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
13522 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
13523 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13524 before a breakpoint is set. */
13525 breakpoint_count
= 0;
13527 tracepoint_count
= 0;
13529 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
13530 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13531 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13533 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13535 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
13536 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13537 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13538 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13539 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13540 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13541 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13542 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13544 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
13545 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13546 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13547 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13549 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
13550 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13551 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13552 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13553 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13555 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13556 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13558 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
13559 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13560 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13561 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13563 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13564 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13566 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
13567 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13568 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13569 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13571 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13572 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13574 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13575 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13576 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13577 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13578 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13579 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13580 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13582 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13583 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13584 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13585 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13586 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13587 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13589 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13591 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13592 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13593 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13594 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13595 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13596 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
13598 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13599 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13600 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13603 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13604 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13605 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13608 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13609 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13610 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13613 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13614 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13615 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13618 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13619 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13620 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13621 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13622 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13623 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13624 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13625 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13627 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13628 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13629 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13630 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13631 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13633 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
13634 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13635 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13636 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13637 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13638 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13641 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13642 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13643 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13644 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13646 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13647 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13648 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13649 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13650 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13652 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13653 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13654 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13655 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13657 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
13658 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13659 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13660 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13661 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13664 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
13665 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13666 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13667 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13668 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13669 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13671 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13672 is executing in.\n\
13674 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13675 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13677 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
13678 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13679 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13680 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13682 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
13683 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
13684 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
13685 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
13688 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13692 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
13693 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13694 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13695 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
13696 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
13697 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
13698 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
13699 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13700 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13701 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13702 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13703 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13704 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13705 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13706 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13707 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13709 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13710 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13711 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13712 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13713 breakpoint set."));
13716 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
13717 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13718 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13719 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13720 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13721 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13722 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13723 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13724 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13726 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13727 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13728 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13729 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13730 breakpoint set."));
13732 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13735 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13736 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13737 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13738 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13739 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13740 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13741 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13742 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13743 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13745 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13746 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13747 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13748 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13749 breakpoint set."));
13751 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
13752 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13753 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13754 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13755 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13756 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13757 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13758 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13759 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13760 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13761 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13762 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13763 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13765 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13766 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13767 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13768 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13770 &maintenanceinfolist
);
13772 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
13773 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13774 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
13775 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13777 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
13778 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13779 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
13780 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13782 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13783 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13784 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13785 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13786 catch_catch_command
,
13790 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13791 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13792 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13793 catch_throw_command
,
13797 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13798 catch_fork_command_1
,
13800 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
13801 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
13802 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13803 catch_fork_command_1
,
13805 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
13806 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
13807 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13808 catch_exec_command_1
,
13812 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13813 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13814 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13815 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13816 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13817 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13818 catch_syscall_command_1
,
13819 catch_syscall_completer
,
13823 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
13824 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13825 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13826 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13827 an expression changes.\n\
13828 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13829 the memory to which it refers."));
13830 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13832 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
13833 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13834 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13835 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13836 an expression is read.\n\
13837 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13838 the memory to which it refers."));
13839 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13841 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
13842 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13843 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13844 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13845 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13846 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13847 the memory to which it refers."));
13848 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13850 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
13851 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13853 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13854 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13855 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
13856 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
13857 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13858 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13859 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13860 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13861 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13864 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
13865 &setlist
, &showlist
);
13867 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
13869 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13871 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
13872 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13874 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13875 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13876 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13878 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
13879 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13880 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13881 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13883 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
13884 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13886 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13887 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13888 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13890 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
13891 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13893 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13894 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13895 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13896 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13897 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13898 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13899 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13900 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13901 the selected stack frame.\n\
13902 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13903 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13904 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13905 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13907 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13909 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13910 conditions are different.\n\
13912 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13913 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13914 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13916 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
13917 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13918 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13919 last tracepoint set."));
13921 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13923 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
13924 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13925 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13926 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13929 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
13930 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13931 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13932 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13934 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
13936 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
13937 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13938 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13939 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13941 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
13943 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
13944 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13945 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13946 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13947 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13949 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
13950 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13951 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
13952 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13954 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
13955 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13956 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13957 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13958 session to restore them."),
13960 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13962 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
13963 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13964 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13966 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13968 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
13969 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
13971 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13972 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13973 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13974 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13975 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
13976 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
13977 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13978 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13979 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13980 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13981 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
13982 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
13984 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
13985 &pending_break_support
, _("\
13986 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13987 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13988 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13989 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13990 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13991 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13993 show_pending_break_support
,
13994 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13995 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13997 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
13999 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
14000 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
14001 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14002 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14003 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14004 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14005 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14007 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
14008 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14009 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14011 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
14012 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
14013 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14014 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14015 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14016 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14017 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14018 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14019 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14020 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14021 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14022 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14024 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
14025 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14026 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14028 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
14029 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14030 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14031 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14032 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14033 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14034 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14035 or the start of the range\n\
14036 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14037 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14038 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14040 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14041 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14042 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14044 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
14046 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);